blob: 6281a324a2283cfefbf6045875c3616aa2168c46 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000070 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000076 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +000083 ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 };
85 return Rank[(int)Kind];
86}
87
88/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
89/// implicit conversion.
90const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopescfca1f02009-12-23 17:49:57 +000091 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000092 "No conversion",
93 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
94 "Array-to-pointer",
95 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000096 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000097 "Qualification",
98 "Integral promotion",
99 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Integral conversion",
102 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000105 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000106 "Pointer conversion",
107 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000109 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000110 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000111 };
112 return Name[Kind];
113}
114
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000115/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
116/// sequence to the identity conversion.
117void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
118 First = ICK_Identity;
119 Second = ICK_Identity;
120 Third = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000121 DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000122 ReferenceBinding = false;
123 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000124 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000125 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000126}
127
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000128/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
129/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
130/// implicit conversions.
131ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
132 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
133 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
137 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
138 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
139 return Rank;
140}
141
142/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
143/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000146bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000151 if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000152 (getFromType()->isPointerType() || getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000166 QualType FromType = getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000167 QualType ToType = getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000185 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000188 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000194 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000195 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000199 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000201 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000203 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000204 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000210 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000212 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000217 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000224 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000225 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
226 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000227 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 }
Benjamin Kramerb11416d2010-04-17 09:33:03 +0000229 OS << '\'' << ConversionFunction << '\'';
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000230 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000231 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 After.DebugPrint();
233 }
234}
235
236/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
237/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
238void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 switch (ConversionKind) {
241 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000242 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000243 Standard.DebugPrint();
244 break;
245 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000246 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000247 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
248 break;
249 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 break;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000252 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000253 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000254 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000256 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000257 break;
258 }
259
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000260 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000261}
262
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000263void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
264 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
265}
266
267void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
268 conversions().~ConversionSet();
269}
270
271void
272AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
273 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
274 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
275 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
276}
277
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000278namespace {
279 // Structure used by OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo to store
280 // template parameter and template argument information.
281 struct DFIParamWithArguments {
282 TemplateParameter Param;
283 TemplateArgument FirstArg;
284 TemplateArgument SecondArg;
285 };
286}
287
288/// \brief Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information
289/// to the form used in overload-candidate information.
290OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +0000291static MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context,
292 Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000293 Sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000294 OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo Result;
295 Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK);
296 Result.Data = 0;
297 switch (TDK) {
298 case Sema::TDK_Success:
299 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000300 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
301 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000302 break;
303
304 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000305 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000306 Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
307 break;
308
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000309 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
310 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals: {
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +0000311 // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later.
312 DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments;
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000313 Saved->Param = Info.Param;
314 Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg;
315 Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg;
316 Result.Data = Saved;
317 break;
318 }
319
320 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000321 Result.Data = Info.take();
322 break;
323
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000324 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000325 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
326 break;
327 }
328
329 return Result;
330}
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000331
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000332void OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() {
333 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
334 case Sema::TDK_Success:
335 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
336 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000337 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
338 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000339 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000340 break;
341
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000342 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
343 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
Douglas Gregorb02d6b32010-05-08 20:20:05 +0000344 // FIXME: Destroy the data?
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000345 Data = 0;
346 break;
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000347
348 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
349 // FIXME: Destroy the template arugment list?
350 Data = 0;
351 break;
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000352
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000353 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000354 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000355 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
356 break;
357 }
358}
359
360TemplateParameter
361OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() {
362 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
363 case Sema::TDK_Success:
364 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000365 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
366 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000367 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000368 return TemplateParameter();
369
370 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000371 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000372 return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data);
373
374 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
375 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
376 return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param;
377
378 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000379 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000380 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
381 break;
382 }
383
384 return TemplateParameter();
385}
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000386
387TemplateArgumentList *
388OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() {
389 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
390 case Sema::TDK_Success:
391 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
392 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
393 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
394 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
395 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
396 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
397 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
398 return 0;
399
400 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
401 return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data);
402
403 // Unhandled
404 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
405 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
406 break;
407 }
408
409 return 0;
410}
411
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000412const TemplateArgument *OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() {
413 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
414 case Sema::TDK_Success:
415 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
416 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000417 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
418 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000419 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000420 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000421 return 0;
422
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000423 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
424 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
425 return &static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg;
426
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000427 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000428 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000429 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
430 break;
431 }
432
433 return 0;
434}
435
436const TemplateArgument *
437OverloadCandidate::DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() {
438 switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
439 case Sema::TDK_Success:
440 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
441 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000442 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
443 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +0000444 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +0000445 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000446 return 0;
447
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000448 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
449 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
450 return &static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg;
451
Douglas Gregor461761d2010-05-08 18:20:53 +0000452 // Unhandled
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000453 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000454 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
455 break;
456 }
457
458 return 0;
459}
460
461void OverloadCandidateSet::clear() {
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +0000462 inherited::clear();
463 Functions.clear();
464}
465
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000466// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000467// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
468// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
469// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
470// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000471// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
472// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
473// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000474//
475// Example: Given the following input:
476//
477// void f(int, float); // #1
478// void f(int, int); // #2
479// int f(int, int); // #3
480//
481// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000482// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000483//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000484// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
485// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
486// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
487// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000488//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000489// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
490// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
491// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
492// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000493// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
494// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000495Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000496Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
497 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000498 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000499 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000500 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
501 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000502 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000503 Match = *I;
504 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000505 }
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000506 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000507 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000508 Match = *I;
509 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000510 }
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000511 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
512 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
513 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
514 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
515 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
516 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
517 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
518 // template instantiation.
519 } else {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000520 // (C++ 13p1):
521 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
522 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000523 Match = *I;
524 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000525 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000526 }
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000527
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000528 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000529}
530
531bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
532 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
533 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
534
535 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
536 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
537 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
538 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
539 return true;
540
541 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
542 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
543 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
544
545 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
546 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
547 // in the signature, they are overloads.
548
549 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
550 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
551 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
552 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
553 return false;
554
555 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
556 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
557
558 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
559 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
560 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
561 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
562 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
563 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +0000564 !FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType)))
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000565 return true;
566
567 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
568 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
569 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
570 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
571 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
572 // signature.
573 //
574 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
575 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
576 if (NewTemplate &&
577 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
578 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
579 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
580 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
581 return true;
582
583 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
584 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
585 //
586 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
587 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
588 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
589 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
590 // can be overloaded.
591 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
592 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
593 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
594 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
595 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
596 return true;
597
598 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
599 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000600}
601
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000602/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
603/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
604/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
605/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000606///
607/// void f(float f);
608/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
609///
610/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
611/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
612/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
613/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
614//
615/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
616/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
617/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
618/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
619/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000620///
621/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
622/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000623/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
624/// permitted.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000625ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000626Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
627 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregore81335c2010-04-16 18:00:29 +0000628 bool AllowExplicit,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000629 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000630 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000631 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard)) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000632 ICS.setStandard();
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000633 return ICS;
634 }
635
636 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000637 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000638 return ICS;
639 }
640
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000641 if (SuppressUserConversions) {
642 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
643 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
644 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
645 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
646 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move
647 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
648 // called for those cases.
649 QualType FromType = From->getType();
650 if (!ToType->getAs<RecordType>() || !FromType->getAs<RecordType>() ||
651 !(Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) ||
652 IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ToType))) {
653 // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that
654 // we can perform.
655 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
656 return ICS;
657 }
658
659 ICS.setStandard();
660 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
661 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
662 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
663
664 // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid
665 // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it
666 // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the
667 // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed.
668 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
669
670 // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion.
671 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
672 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
673
674 return ICS;
675 }
676
677 // Attempt user-defined conversion.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000678 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
679 OverloadingResult UserDefResult
680 = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000681 AllowExplicit);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000682
683 if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000684 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000685 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
686 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
687 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
688 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
689 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
690 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
691 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000692 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000693 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000694 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000695 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
696 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000697 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor4141d5b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000698 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000699 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
700 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000701 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000702 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000703 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000704 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000705 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000706 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000707 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
708 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000709 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000710
711 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
712 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
713 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
714 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
715 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
716 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
717 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000718 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000719 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000720 }
John McCalle8c8cd22010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000721 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000722 ICS.setAmbiguous();
723 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
724 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
725 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
726 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
727 if (Cand->Viable)
728 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000729 } else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000730 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000731 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000732
733 return ICS;
734}
735
Douglas Gregorae4b5df2010-04-16 22:27:05 +0000736/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
737/// expression From to the type ToType. Returns true if there was an
738/// error, false otherwise. The expression From is replaced with the
739/// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
740/// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
741/// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
742bool
743Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
744 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit) {
745 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
746 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action, AllowExplicit, ICS);
747}
748
749bool
750Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
751 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit,
752 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS) {
753 ICS = TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
754 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
755 AllowExplicit,
756 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
757 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action);
758}
759
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000760/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
761/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
762static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
763 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
764 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
765 return false;
766
767 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
768 // safely be removed.
769 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
770 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
771 return false;
772
773 ResultTy = FromType;
774 return true;
775}
776
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000777/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
778/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
779/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
780/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
781/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
782/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
783/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
784/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000785bool
786Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000787 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000788 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000789 QualType FromType = From->getType();
790
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000791 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000792 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000793 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000794 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000795 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000796 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000797
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000798 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000800 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
801 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
802 return false;
803
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000804 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000805 }
806
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000807 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
808 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
809 // (C++ 4p1).
810
Douglas Gregor980fb162010-04-29 18:24:40 +0000811 if (FromType == Context.OverloadTy) {
812 DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
813 if (FunctionDecl *Fn
814 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
815 AccessPair)) {
816 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
817 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
818 FromType = Fn->getType();
819 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
820 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
821 Type *ClassType
822 = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr();
823 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType);
824 }
825 }
826
827 // If the "from" expression takes the address of the overloaded
828 // function, update the type of the resulting expression accordingly.
829 if (FromType->getAs<FunctionType>())
830 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()))
831 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
832 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
833
834 // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution.
835 assert(Context.hasSameType(FromType,
836 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()));
837 } else {
838 return false;
839 }
840 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000841 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000842 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
843 // converted to an rvalue.
844 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000846 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000847 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000848 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000849
850 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
851 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000852 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
853 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000854 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000855 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
856 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000857 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000858
859 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
860 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
861 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
862 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
863
864 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
865 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000866 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000867
868 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
869 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
870 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
871 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000872 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
873 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000874 SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000875 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000876 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000877 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
878 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000879 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000880
881 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
882 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
883 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
884 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000885 } else {
886 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000887 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000888 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000889 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000890
891 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
892 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
893 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
894 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000895 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
896 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000897 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000898 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000899 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
900 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000901 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000902 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000903 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000904 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000905 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000906 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
907 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000908 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000909 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000910 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
911 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000912 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
913 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000914 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000915 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000916 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000917 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000918 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000919 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
920 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000921 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
922 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +0000923 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
924 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
925 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
926 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
927 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
928 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
929 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
930 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
931 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000932 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
933 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
934 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000936 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
937 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000938 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000939 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000940 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
941 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000942 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000943 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000944 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000945 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
946 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000947 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000948 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000949 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
950 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
951 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian88118852009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000952 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000953 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
954 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
955 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
956 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000957 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000958 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000959 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000960 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
961 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000962 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000963 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
964 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
965 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000966 } else {
967 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000968 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000969 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000970 SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000971
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000972 QualType CanonFrom;
973 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000974 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000975 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000976 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000977 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000978 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
979 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000980 } else {
981 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000982 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
983
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000984 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000985 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
986 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
987 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000988 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000989 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000990 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
991 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
992 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000993 FromType = ToType;
994 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
995 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000996 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000997 SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000998
999 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
1000 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001001 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001002 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001003
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001004 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001005}
1006
1007/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
1008/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
1009/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
1010/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001011bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001012 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +00001013 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001014 if (!To) {
1015 return false;
1016 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001017
1018 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
1019 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
1020 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
1021 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
1022 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001023 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
1024 !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001025 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
1026 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
1027 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
1028 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001029 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001030 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001031 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001032 }
1033
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001034 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
1035 }
1036
1037 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
1038 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
1039 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
1040 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00001041
1042 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
1043 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
1044 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
1045 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
1046 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
1047
1048 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001049 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
1050 // unsigned.
1051 bool FromIsSigned;
1052 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00001053
1054 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
1055 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001056
1057 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
1058 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001059 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
1060 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00001061 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
1062 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001063 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00001064 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001065 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
1066 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001067 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001068 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
1069 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
1070 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
1071 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001072 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001073 }
1074 }
1075 }
1076
1077 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
1078 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
1079 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
1080 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
1081 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
1082 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
1083 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001084 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
1085 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001086 using llvm::APSInt;
1087 if (From)
1088 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001089 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001090 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
1091 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
1092 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
1093 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001095 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
1096 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
1097 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
1098 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
1099 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001101 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
1102 // that fits into an unsigned int?
1103 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
1104 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
1105 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001106
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001107 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001108 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001109 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001110
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001111 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
1112 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001113 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001114 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001115 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001116
1117 return false;
1118}
1119
1120/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
1121/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
1122/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001123bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001124 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
1125 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001126 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
1127 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001128 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
1129 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
1130 return true;
1131
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001132 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
1133 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
1134 // double is promoted to long double [...].
1135 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1136 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
1137 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
1138 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
1139 return true;
1140 }
1141
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001142 return false;
1143}
1144
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001145/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
1146///
1147/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
1148/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +00001149/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001150bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001151 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001152 if (!FromComplex)
1153 return false;
1154
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001155 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001156 if (!ToComplex)
1157 return false;
1158
1159 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +00001160 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
1161 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
1162 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +00001163}
1164
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001165/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
1166/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
1167/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
1168/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
1169/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001170static QualType
1171BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001172 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
1173 ASTContext &Context) {
1174 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
1175 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001177
1178 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001179 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001180 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001181 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001182 return ToType;
1183
1184 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
1185 // already.
1186 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
1187 }
1188
1189 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001190 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001191 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
1192 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001193}
1194
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001195/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
1196/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
1197/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
1198static QualType
1199BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
1200 QualType ToType,
1201 ASTContext &Context) {
1202 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1203 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1204 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
1205
1206 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
1207 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
1208 return ToType;
1209
1210 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
1211 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
1212}
1213
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001214static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001215 bool InOverloadResolution,
1216 ASTContext &Context) {
1217 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
1218 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
1219 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
1220 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
1221 return !InOverloadResolution;
1222
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001223 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1224 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1225 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001226}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001227
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001228/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1229/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
1230/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
1231/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
1232/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
1233/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001234///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001235/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
1236/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
1237/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
1238/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
1239/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
1240/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001241/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
1242/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
1243/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001244bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001245 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001246 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001248 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001249 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
1250 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001251
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001252 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
1253 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001254 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001255 ConvertedType = ToType;
1256 return true;
1257 }
1258
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001259 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1260 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001261 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001262 ConvertedType = ToType;
1263 return true;
1264 }
1265 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1266 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001267 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001268 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001269 ConvertedType = ToType;
1270 return true;
1271 }
1272
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001273 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1274 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001275 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001276 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001277 ConvertedType = ToType;
1278 return true;
1279 }
1280
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001281 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001282 if (!ToTypePtr)
1283 return false;
1284
1285 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001286 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001287 ConvertedType = ToType;
1288 return true;
1289 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001290
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001291 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1292 // , including objective-c pointers.
1293 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1294 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1295 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1296 ToType, Context);
1297 return true;
1298
1299 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001300 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001301 if (!FromTypePtr)
1302 return false;
1303
1304 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001305
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001306 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1307 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1308 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001309 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001310 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001311 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001312 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001313 return true;
1314 }
1315
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001316 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1317 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001318 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001319 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001320 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001321 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001323 return true;
1324 }
1325
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001326 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001327 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001328 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1329 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1330 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1331 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1332 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1333 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1334 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1335 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1336 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001337 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1338 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001339 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1340 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregord28f0412010-02-22 17:06:41 +00001341 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001342 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001343 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001345 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001346 ToType, Context);
1347 return true;
1348 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001349
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001350 return false;
1351}
1352
1353/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1354/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1355/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001356bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001357 QualType& ConvertedType,
1358 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1359 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1360 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001361
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001362 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001363 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001364 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001365 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001366
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001367 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001368 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001369 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001370 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001371 ConvertedType = ToType;
1372 return true;
1373 }
1374 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001376 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001377 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001378 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001379 ConvertedType = ToType;
1380 return true;
1381 }
1382 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1383 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1384 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
Fariborz Jahanianb397e432010-03-15 18:36:00 +00001385 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1386 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1387 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
1388 !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
1389 FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
1390 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001391 ConvertedType = ToType;
1392 return true;
1393 }
1394
1395 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1396 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1397 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1398 // complain about it.
1399 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1400 ConvertedType = FromType;
1401 return true;
1402 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001403 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001404 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001405 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001406 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001407 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001408 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1409 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001410 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001411 // to a block pointer type.
1412 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1413 ConvertedType = ToType;
1414 return true;
1415 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001416 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001417 }
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001418 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1419 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1420 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001421 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001422 ConvertedType = ToType;
1423 return true;
1424 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001425 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001426 return false;
1427
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001428 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001429 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001430 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001431 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001432 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1433 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001434 return false;
1435
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001436 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1437 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1438 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1439 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1440 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1441 // We always complain about this conversion.
1442 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1443 ConvertedType = ToType;
1444 return true;
1445 }
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001446 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1447 // as in I* to id.
1448 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1449 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1450 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1451 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1452 ConvertedType = ToType;
1453 return true;
1454 }
1455
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001456 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001457 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1458 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1459 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001460 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001461 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001462 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001463 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001464 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1465 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1466 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1467 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1468 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1469 return false;
1470
1471 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1472 // function types are obviously different.
1473 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1474 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1475 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1476 return false;
1477
1478 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1479 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1480 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1481 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1482 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1483 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1484 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1485 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1486 HasObjCConversion = true;
1487 } else {
1488 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1489 return false;
1490 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001492 // Check argument types.
1493 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1494 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1495 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1496 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1497 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1498 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1499 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1500 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1501 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1502 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1503 HasObjCConversion = true;
1504 } else {
1505 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1506 return false;
1507 }
1508 }
1509
1510 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1511 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1512 // conversion, but complain about it.
1513 ConvertedType = ToType;
1514 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1515 return true;
1516 }
1517 }
1518
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001519 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001520}
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +00001521
1522/// FunctionArgTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types
1523/// for equlity of their argument types. Caller has already checked that
1524/// they have same number of arguments. This routine assumes that Objective-C
1525/// pointer types which only differ in their protocol qualifiers are equal.
1526bool Sema::FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(FunctionProtoType* OldType,
1527 FunctionProtoType* NewType){
1528 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1529 return std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
1530 NewType->arg_type_begin());
1531
1532 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator O = OldType->arg_type_begin(),
1533 N = NewType->arg_type_begin(),
1534 E = OldType->arg_type_end(); O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) {
1535 QualType ToType = (*O);
1536 QualType FromType = (*N);
1537 if (ToType != FromType) {
1538 if (const PointerType *PTTo = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1539 if (const PointerType *PTFr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Chandler Carruth27c9fe92010-05-06 00:15:06 +00001540 if ((PTTo->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
1541 PTFr->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) ||
1542 (PTTo->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedClassType() &&
1543 PTFr->getPointeeType()->isObjCQualifiedClassType()))
Fariborz Jahanian5e5998f2010-05-03 21:06:18 +00001544 continue;
1545 }
1546 else if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
1547 FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1548 QualType ToInterfaceTy = ToType->getPointeeType();
1549 QualType FromInterfaceTy = FromType->getPointeeType();
1550 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OITTo =
1551 ToInterfaceTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>())
1552 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OITFr =
1553 FromInterfaceTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>())
1554 if (OITTo->getDecl() == OITFr->getDecl())
1555 continue;
1556 }
1557 return false;
1558 }
1559 }
1560 return true;
1561}
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001562
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001563/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1564/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001565/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001566/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1567/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1568/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001569bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001570 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00001571 CXXBaseSpecifierArray& BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001572 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001573 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1574
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001575 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1576 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001577 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1578 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001579
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001580 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1581 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001582 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1583 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001584 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1585 From->getExprLoc(),
Anders Carlssona70cff62010-04-24 19:06:50 +00001586 From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001587 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001588 return true;
1589
1590 // The conversion was successful.
1591 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001592 }
1593 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001594 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001595 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001597 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001598 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1599 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1600 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001601 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001602 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001603
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001604 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001605 return false;
1606}
1607
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001608/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1609/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1610/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1611/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1612/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1613bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001614 QualType ToType,
1615 bool InOverloadResolution,
1616 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001617 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001618 if (!ToTypePtr)
1619 return false;
1620
1621 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001622 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1623 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1624 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001625 ConvertedType = ToType;
1626 return true;
1627 }
1628
1629 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001630 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001631 if (!FromTypePtr)
1632 return false;
1633
1634 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1635 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1636 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1637 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1638 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1639
1640 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1641 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1642 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1643 return true;
1644 }
1645
1646 return false;
1647}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001648
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001649/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1650/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001651/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001652/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1653/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1654/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001656 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
Anders Carlsson7d3360f2010-04-24 19:36:51 +00001657 CXXBaseSpecifierArray &BasePath,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001658 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001659 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001660 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001661 if (!FromPtrType) {
1662 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001663 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1664 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001665 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1666 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001667 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001668 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001669
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001670 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001671 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1672 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001673
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001674 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1675 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001676
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001677 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1678 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1679 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001680
Anders Carlsson7d3360f2010-04-24 19:36:51 +00001681 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001682 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001683 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1684 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1685 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1686 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001687
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001688 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1689 getUnqualifiedType())) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001690 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1691 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1692 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1693 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001694 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001695
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001696 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001697 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1698 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1699 << From->getSourceRange();
1700 return true;
1701 }
1702
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001703 if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
John McCall1064d7e2010-03-16 05:22:47 +00001704 CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
1705 Paths.front(),
1706 diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001707
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001708 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
Anders Carlsson7d3360f2010-04-24 19:36:51 +00001709 BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001710 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001711 return false;
1712}
1713
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001714/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1715/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1716/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001717bool
1718Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001719 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1720 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1721
1722 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1723 // qualification conversion.
Sebastian Redlcbdffb12010-02-03 19:36:07 +00001724 if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001725 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001726
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001727 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1728 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1729 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1730 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001731 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001732 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001733 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1734 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1735 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001736 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001737 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1738 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001739 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001740
1741 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1742 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001743 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001744 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001745
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001746 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1747 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1748 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001749 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001750 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001751
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001752 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1753 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001754 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001755 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001756 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001757
1758 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1759 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1760 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1761 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1762 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001763 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001764}
1765
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001766/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1767/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1768/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1769/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1770/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1771/// false and User is unspecified.
1772///
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001773/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1774/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1775/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001776OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1777 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001778 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1779 bool AllowExplicit) {
1780 // Whether we will only visit constructors.
1781 bool ConstructorsOnly = false;
1782
1783 // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its
1784 // constructors.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001785 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001786 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1787 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1788 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1789 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1790 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1791 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1792 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1793 // the parentheses of the initializer.
1794 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1795 (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() &&
1796 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)))
1797 ConstructorsOnly = true;
1798
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001799 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1800 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1801 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1802 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001804 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001805 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001806 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001807 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001808 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001809 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001810 NamedDecl *D = *Con;
1811 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
1812
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001813 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1814 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1815 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001816 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001817 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001819 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1820 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001821 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001822
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001823 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001824 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001825 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001826 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001827 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001828 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001829 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001830 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001831 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1832 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001833 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001834 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001835 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001836 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001837 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001838 }
1839 }
1840
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001841 // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to.
1842 if (ConstructorsOnly) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001843 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001844 PDiag(0) << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001845 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001846 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001847 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001849 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1850 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001851 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001852 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001853 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001854 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001855 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
1856 NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001857 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1858 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1859 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1860
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001861 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1862 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001863 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
1864 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001865 else
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001866 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001867
1868 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1869 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001870 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001871 ActingContext, From, ToType,
1872 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001873 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001874 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001875 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001876 }
1877 }
1878 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001879 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001880
1881 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001882 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001883 case OR_Success:
1884 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001886 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1887 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1888 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1889 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1890 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1891 // the argument of the constructor.
1892 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001893 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001894 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001895 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1896 else {
1897 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1898 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1899 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001900 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1901 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001902 User.After.setFromType(
1903 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001904 User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001905 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001906 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1907 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1908 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1909 //
1910 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1911 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1912 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1913 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1914 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1915 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001916 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917
1918 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001919 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1920 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1921 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1922 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1923 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1924 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1925 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1926 // 13.3.3.1).
1927 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001928 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001929 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001930 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001931 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001932 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001934 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001935 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001936 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001937 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001938 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001939
1940 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001941 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001942 }
1943
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001944 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001945}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001946
1947bool
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001948Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001949 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001950 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001951 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1952 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001953 CandidateSet, false);
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001954 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1955 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1956 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1957 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1958 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1959 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1960 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1961 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1962 else
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001963 return false;
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00001964 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001965 return true;
1966}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001967
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001968/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1969/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1970/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001972Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1973 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1974{
1975 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1976 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1977 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1978 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1979 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1980 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1981 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1982 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983 //
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001984 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
1985 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
1986 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
1987 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
1988 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001989 if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank())
1990 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1991 else if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank())
1992 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001993
Benjamin Kramer98ff7f82010-04-18 12:05:54 +00001994 // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of
1995 // the same kind.
1996 if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind())
1997 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1998
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001999 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
2000 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
2001 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002002 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002003 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002004 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002005 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
2006 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
2007 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
2008 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
2009 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
2010 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002011 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002012 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
2013 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
2014 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
2015 }
2016
2017 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2018}
2019
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002020// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
2021// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
2022static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2023compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
2024 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2025 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
2026 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
2027 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2028
2029 if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
2030 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
2031 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2032 else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
2033 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2034 else
2035 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2036 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
2037 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2038
2039 if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
2040 return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
2041 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2042 }
2043
2044 if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
2045 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
2046 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
2047 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2048
2049 if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
2050 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2051 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
2052 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2053
2054 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2055}
2056
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002057/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
2058/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
2059/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002060ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002061Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2062 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
2063{
2064 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
2065 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
2066
2067 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
2068 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
2069 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
2070 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
2071 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002072 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
2073 = compareStandardConversionSubsets(Context, SCS1, SCS2))
2074 return CK;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002075
2076 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
2077 // defined below), or, if not that,
2078 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
2079 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
2080 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
2081 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2082 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
2083 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002084
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002085 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
2086 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
2087 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002088
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002089 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
2090 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
2091 // that is such a conversion.
2092 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
2093 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
2094 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2095 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2096
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002097 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
2098 //
2099 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002100 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
2101 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
2102 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002104 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002106 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002107 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
2108 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
2109 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002110 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2111 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002112 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
2113 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
2114 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002115 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
2116 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
2117 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002118 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
2119 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
2120 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
2121 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002122 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
2123 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002124
2125 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2126 // conversion, if we need to.
2127 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2128 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2129 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2130 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2131
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00002132 QualType FromPointee1
2133 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
2134 QualType FromPointee2
2135 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002136
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00002137 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2138 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2139 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2140 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2141
2142 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
2143 // other, it is the better one.
2144 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2145 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2146 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
2147 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2148 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2149 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2150 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2151 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002152 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002153
2154 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
2155 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002157 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002158 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002159
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002160 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00002161 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
2162 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
2163 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
2164 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
2165 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00002166 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
2167 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
2168 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
2169 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
2170 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
2171 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00002172
2173 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
2174 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
2175 // which the references refer are the same type except for
2176 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
2177 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
2178 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002179 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
2180 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002181 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
2182 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002183 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2184 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2185 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2186 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
2187 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2188 // for comparison.
2189 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2190 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2191 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2192 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002193 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
2194 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2195 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2196 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2197 }
2198 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002199
2200 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2201}
2202
2203/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2204/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
2206ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002207Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00002209 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002210 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
2211 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
2212 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
2213 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
2214 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
2215 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
2216 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
2217 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2218
2219 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
2220 // conversion (!)
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002221 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
2222 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002223 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
2224 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002225 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2226 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2227 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002228
2229 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
2230 // them.
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002231 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002232 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2233
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002234 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2235 // for comparison.
2236 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2237 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2238 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2239 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2240
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002241 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002242 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2243 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
2244 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
2245 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
2246 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00002247 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002248 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
2249 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
2250 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
2251 // strict subset of qualifiers.
2252 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
2253 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
2254 // about how the sequences rank.
2255 ;
2256 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
2257 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2258 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
2259 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2260 // qualifiers.
2261 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002263 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2264 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
2265 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2266 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
2267 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2268 // qualifiers.
2269 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002271 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2272 } else {
2273 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
2274 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2275 }
2276
2277 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002278 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002279 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002280 }
2281
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002282 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
2283 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
2284 switch (Result) {
2285 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002286 if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002287 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2288 break;
2289
2290 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
2291 break;
2292
2293 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002294 if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002295 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2296 break;
2297 }
2298
2299 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002300}
2301
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002302/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2303/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002304/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
2305/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
2306/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002307ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2308Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2309 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002310 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002311 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002312 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002313 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002314
2315 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2316 // conversion, if we need to.
2317 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2318 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2319 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2320 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2321
2322 // Canonicalize all of the types.
2323 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2324 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2325 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2326 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2327
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002328 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002329 //
2330 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2331 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002332 //
2333 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2334 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002335
2336 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002337 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002338 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2339 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2340 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2341 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002343 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002344 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002345 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002346 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002347 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002348 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002349 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002350
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002351 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2352 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2353 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2354 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002355
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002356 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002357 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2358 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2359 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2360 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2361 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002362
2363 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2364 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2365 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2366 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2367 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2368 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002369 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002370
2371 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2372 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2373 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2374 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2375 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2376 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002378 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2379 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2380 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2381 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2382 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2383 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002384 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002385 }
2386
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002387 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002388 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2389 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2390 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2391 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2392 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2393 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2394 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2395 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2396 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2397 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2398 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2399 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2400 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2401 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2402 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2403 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2404 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2405 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2406 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002407 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002408 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2409 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2410 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2411 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2412 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2413 }
2414 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2415 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2416 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2417 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2418 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2419 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2420 }
2421 }
2422
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00002423 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002424 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002425 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2426 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2427 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002428 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2429 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002430 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2431 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2432 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2433 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2434 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002435
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002436 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002437 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2438 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2439 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002440 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2441 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002442 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2443 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2444 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2445 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2446 }
2447 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002448
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002449 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2450}
2451
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002452/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
2453/// determine whether they are reference-related,
2454/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
2455/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
2456/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
2457/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
2458/// type being initialized.
2459Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
2460Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
2461 QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
2462 bool& DerivedToBase) {
2463 assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
2464 "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
2465 assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
2466
2467 QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
2468 QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
2469 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2470 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2471 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2472
2473 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2474 // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
2475 // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
2476 // T1 is a base class of T2.
2477 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
2478 DerivedToBase = false;
Douglas Gregor496e8b342010-05-07 19:42:26 +00002479 else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002480 IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
2481 DerivedToBase = true;
2482 else
2483 return Ref_Incompatible;
2484
2485 // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
2486 // least).
2487
2488 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2489 // for comparison.
2490 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2491 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2492 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2493 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2494
2495 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2496 // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
2497 // reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
2498 // as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
2499 // overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
2500 // cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
2501 // reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
2502 if (T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers() == T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers())
2503 return Ref_Compatible;
2504 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2505 return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
2506 else
2507 return Ref_Related;
2508}
2509
2510/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
2511/// initialization.
2512static ImplicitConversionSequence
2513TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,
2514 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
2515 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002516 bool AllowExplicit) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002517 assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
2518
2519 // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
2520 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2521 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
2522
2523 QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
2524 QualType T2 = Init->getType();
2525
2526 // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
2527 // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
2528 // type of the resulting function.
2529 if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
2530 DeclAccessPair Found;
2531 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
2532 false, Found))
2533 T2 = Fn->getType();
2534 }
2535
2536 // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
2537 bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
2538 bool DerivedToBase = false;
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002539 Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = Init->isLvalue(S.Context);
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002540 Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
2541 = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase);
2542
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002543
2544 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3:
2545 // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1,
2546 // a standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires
2547 // binding an lvalue reference to non-const to an rvalue or
2548 // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002549 //
2550 // FIXME: DPG doesn't trust this code. It seems far too early to
2551 // abort because of a binding of an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002552 if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid)
2553 return ICS;
2554
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002555 // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p16:
2556 // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
2557 // of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
2558
2559 // -- If the initializer expression
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002560 // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
2561 // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
2562 //
2563 // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
2564 if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
2565 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2566 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2567 // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
2568 // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
2569 // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
2570 // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
2571 // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
2572 // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
2573 ICS.setStandard();
2574 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2575 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2576 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2577 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2578 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2579 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2580 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2581 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2582 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
2583 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
2584 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2585
2586 // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
2587 // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
2588 // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
2589 // [over.best.ics]p2).
2590 return ICS;
2591 }
2592
2593 // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
2594 // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
2595 // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
2596 // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
2597 // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
2598 // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
2599 // one through overload resolution (13.3)),
2600 if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
2601 !S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
2602 RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
2603 CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
2604 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2605
2606 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc);
2607 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
2608 = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
2609 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
2610 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
2611 NamedDecl *D = *I;
2612 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
2613 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2614 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2615
2616 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
2617 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
2618 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
2619 if (ConvTemplate)
2620 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
2621 else
2622 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
2623
2624 // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
2625 // it can't be considered for this conversion.
2626 if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() &&
2627 (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) {
2628 if (ConvTemplate)
2629 S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
2630 Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
2631 else
2632 S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
2633 DeclType, CandidateSet);
2634 }
2635 }
2636
2637 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2638 switch (S.BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, DeclLoc, Best)) {
2639 case OR_Success:
2640 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2641 //
2642 // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
2643 // applying a conversion function to the argument
2644 // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
2645 // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
2646 // second standard conversion sequence either an identity
2647 // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
2648 // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
2649 // type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
2650 if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
2651 break;
2652
2653 ICS.setUserDefined();
2654 ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
2655 ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
2656 ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
2657 ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
2658 assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
2659 ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
2660 "Expected a direct reference binding!");
2661 return ICS;
2662
2663 case OR_Ambiguous:
2664 ICS.setAmbiguous();
2665 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
2666 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
2667 if (Cand->Viable)
2668 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
2669 return ICS;
2670
2671 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2672 case OR_Deleted:
2673 // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
2674 // conversion; continue with other checks.
2675 break;
2676 }
2677 }
2678
2679 // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const
2680 // type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an
2681 // rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue.
Douglas Gregor870f3742010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002682 //
2683 // We actually handle one oddity of C++ [over.ics.ref] at this
2684 // point, which is that, due to p2 (which short-circuits reference
2685 // binding by only attempting a simple conversion for non-direct
2686 // bindings) and p3's strange wording, we allow a const volatile
2687 // reference to bind to an rvalue. Hence the check for the presence
2688 // of "const" rather than checking for "const" being the only
2689 // qualifier.
2690 if (!isRValRef && !T1.isConstQualified())
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002691 return ICS;
2692
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002693 // -- if T2 is a class type and
2694 // -- the initializer expression is an rvalue and "cv1 T1"
2695 // is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002696 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002697 // -- T1 is not reference-related to T2 and the initializer
2698 // expression can be implicitly converted to an rvalue
2699 // of type "cv3 T3" (this conversion is selected by
2700 // enumerating the applicable conversion functions
2701 // (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best one through overload
2702 // resolution (13.3)),
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002703 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002704 // then the reference is bound to the initializer
2705 // expression rvalue in the first case and to the object
2706 // that is the result of the conversion in the second case
2707 // (or, in either case, to the appropriate base class
2708 // subobject of the object).
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002709 //
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002710 // We're only checking the first case here, which is a direct
2711 // binding in C++0x but not in C++03.
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002712 if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() &&
2713 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2714 ICS.setStandard();
2715 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2716 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2717 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2718 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2719 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2720 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2721 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2722 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
Douglas Gregorf93df192010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002723 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002724 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2725 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2726 return ICS;
2727 }
2728
2729 // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
2730 // initialized from the initializer expression using the
2731 // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
2732 // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
2733 // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
2734 // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
2735 // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
2736 if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
2737 // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
2738 // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
2739 // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
2740 // initialization fails.
2741 return ICS;
2742 }
2743
2744 // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
2745 // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
2746 // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
2747 // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
2748 // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
2749 if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
2750 (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
2751 return ICS;
2752
2753 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002754 // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
2755 // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
2756 // required to convert the argument expression to the
2757 // underlying type of the reference according to
2758 // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
2759 // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
2760 // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
2761 // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
2762 // and does not constitute a conversion.
2763 ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
2764 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002765 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
2766
2767 // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
2768 if (ICS.isStandard()) {
2769 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2770 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2771 } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
2772 ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
2773 ICS.UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2774 }
2775 return ICS;
2776}
2777
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002778/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2779/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2780/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2781/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002782/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Douglas Gregore81335c2010-04-16 18:00:29 +00002783/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002784static ImplicitConversionSequence
2785TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregordcd27ff2010-04-16 17:53:55 +00002786 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002787 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002788 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002789 return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002790 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
2791 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002792 /*AllowExplicit=*/false);
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002793
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002794 return S.TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
2795 SuppressUserConversions,
2796 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002797 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002798}
2799
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002800/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2801/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2802/// expression @p From.
2803ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002804Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002805 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2806 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2807 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002808 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2809 // const volatile object.
2810 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2811 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2812 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002813
2814 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2815 // to exit early.
2816 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002817
2818 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002819 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002820 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002821 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2822
2823 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002824
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002825 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002826 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2827 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2828 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002829 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002830 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2831 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2832 // non-constant references.
2833
2834 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2835 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2836 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002837 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2838 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002839 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002840 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2841 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002842 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002843 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002844
2845 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2846 // affects the conversion rank.
2847 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002848 ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
2849 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
2850 SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
2851 } else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2852 SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002853 else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002854 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
2855 FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002856 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002857 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002858
2859 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002860 ICS.setStandard();
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002861 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2862 ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002863 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002864 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002865 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2866 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002867 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002868 return ICS;
2869}
2870
2871/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2872/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2873/// expression.
2874bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002875Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From,
2876 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002877 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002878 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002879 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002881 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002882
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002883 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002884 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2885 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2886 } else {
2887 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2888 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2889 }
2890
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002891 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2892 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002893 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002894 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2895 Method->getParent());
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002896 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002897 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002898 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002899 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002900
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002901 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002902 return PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002903
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002904 if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00002905 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp,
2906 /*isLvalue=*/!From->getType()->isPointerType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002907 return false;
2908}
2909
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002910/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2911/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2912ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002913 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002914 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2915 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002916 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002917 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002918}
2919
2920/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2921/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2922bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2923 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002924 if (!ICS.isBad())
2925 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002926
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002927 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002928 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2929 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2930 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2931 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002932}
2933
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002934/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002935/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2936/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2937/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002938///
2939/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2940/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2941/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942void
2943Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002944 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002945 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002946 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002947 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002948 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002949 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002950 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002951 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002952 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002953 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002954
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002955 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002956 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2957 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2958 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2959 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2960 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002961 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2962 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2963 // is irrelevant.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002964 AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002965 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002966 SuppressUserConversions);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002967 return;
2968 }
2969 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2970 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002971 }
2972
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002973 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002974 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002975
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002976 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2977 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2978
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002979 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2980 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2981 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2982 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2983 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2984 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2985 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
Douglas Gregor901e7172010-02-21 18:30:38 +00002986 (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
2987 IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002988 return;
2989 }
2990
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002991 // Add this candidate
2992 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2993 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002994 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002995 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002996 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002997 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002998 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002999
3000 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3001
3002 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3003 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3004 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00003005 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
3006 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003007 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003008 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003009 return;
3010 }
3011
3012 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
3013 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
3014 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
3015 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
3016 // exactly m parameters.
3017 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003018 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003019 // Not enough arguments.
3020 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003021 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003022 return;
3023 }
3024
3025 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3026 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003027 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3028 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3029 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3030 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3031 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3032 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3033 // parameter of F.
3034 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003035 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003036 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00003037 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003038 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003039 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
3040 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003041 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003042 break;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003043 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003044 } else {
3045 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3046 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3047 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003048 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003049 }
3050 }
3051}
3052
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003053/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
3054/// the overload canddiate set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003055void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003056 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3057 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3058 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003059 for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003060 NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003062 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003063 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003064 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
3065 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003066 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
3067 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003068 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003069 SuppressUserConversions);
3070 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003071 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003072 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3073 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003074 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003075 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003076 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003077 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003078 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003079 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003080 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003081 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003082 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003083 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3084 SuppressUserConversions);
3085 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003086 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003087}
3088
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003089/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
3090/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003091void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003092 QualType ObjectType,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003093 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3094 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003095 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003096 NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003097 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003098
3099 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
3100 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
3101
3102 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
3103 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3104 "Expected a member function template");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003105 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
3106 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003107 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003108 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003109 SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003110 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003111 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003112 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003113 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003114 }
3115}
3116
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003117/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
3118/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
3119/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
3120/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
3121/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
3122/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003123/// operators.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003124void
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003125Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003126 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
3127 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003128 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003129 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003130 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003131 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003132 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003133 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
3134 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003135
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003136 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
3137 return;
3138
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003139 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3140 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3141
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003142 // Add this candidate
3143 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3144 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003145 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003146 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003147 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003148 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003149
3150 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3151
3152 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3153 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3154 // list (8.3.5).
3155 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3156 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003157 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003158 return;
3159 }
3160
3161 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
3162 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
3163 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
3164 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
3165 // exactly m parameters.
3166 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
3167 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
3168 // Not enough arguments.
3169 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003170 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003171 return;
3172 }
3173
3174 Candidate.Viable = true;
3175 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3176
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003177 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003178 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
3179 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
3180 else {
3181 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
3182 // parameter.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003183 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3184 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003185 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003186 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003187 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003188 return;
3189 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003190 }
3191
3192 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3193 // arguments.
3194 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3195 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3196 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3197 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3198 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3199 // parameter of F.
3200 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003201 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003202 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003203 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00003204 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003205 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003206 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003207 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003208 break;
3209 }
3210 } else {
3211 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3212 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3213 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003214 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003215 }
3216 }
3217}
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00003218
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003219/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
3220/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
3221/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003222void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003223Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003224 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003225 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003226 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003227 QualType ObjectType,
3228 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003229 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003230 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003231 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
3232 return;
3233
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003234 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003235 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003236 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003238 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3239 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3240 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3241 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3242 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003243 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003244 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3245 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003246 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003247 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +00003248 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3249 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3250 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
3251 Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
3252 Candidate.Viable = false;
3253 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
3254 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3255 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
3256 Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
3257 Info);
3258 return;
3259 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003260
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003261 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3262 // deduction as a candidate.
3263 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003264 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003265 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003266 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003267 ActingContext, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003268 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003269}
3270
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003271/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
3272/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
3273/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003274void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003275Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003276 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003277 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003278 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3279 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003280 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003281 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3282 return;
3283
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003284 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003286 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003288 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3289 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3290 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3291 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3292 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003293 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003294 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3295 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003296 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003297 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003298 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3299 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003300 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003301 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3302 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003303 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003304 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3305 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +00003306 Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
3307 Info);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003308 return;
3309 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003310
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003311 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3312 // deduction as a candidate.
3313 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003314 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003315 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003316}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003317
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003318/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003319/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003320/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003322/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
3323/// conversion function produces).
3324void
3325Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003326 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003327 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003328 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3329 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003330 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
3331 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003332 QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003333 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3334 return;
3335
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003336 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3337 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3338
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003339 // Add this candidate
3340 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3341 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003342 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003343 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003344 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003345 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003346 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor5ab11652010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003347 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00003348 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003349
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003350 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3351 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003352 Candidate.Viable = true;
3353 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003354 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3355 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
3356 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00003357 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
3358 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
3359 // in overload resolution.
3360 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
3361 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003362 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003363 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003364 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003365 return;
3366 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003367
3368 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
3369 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
3370 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
3371 QualType FromCanon
3372 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
3373 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
3374 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
3375 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003376 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003377 return;
3378 }
3379
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003380 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
3381 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
3382 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
3383 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
3384 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
3385 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
3386 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
3387 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003388 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003389 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003390 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003391 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00003392 &ConversionRef, CXXBaseSpecifierArray(), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003393
3394 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003395 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
3396 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003397 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003398 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003399 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003400 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003401 TryCopyInitialization(*this, &Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003402 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003403 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003404
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003405 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003406 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
3407 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00003408
3409 // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
3410 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
3411 // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
3412 // shall have exact match rank.
3413 if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3414 GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
3415 Candidate.Viable = false;
3416 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
3417 }
3418
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003419 break;
3420
3421 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3422 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003423 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003424 break;
3425
3426 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003427 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003428 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
3429 }
3430}
3431
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003432/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
3433/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
3434/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
3435/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
3436/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003437void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003438Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003439 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003440 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003441 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3442 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3443 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3444 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
3445
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003446 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3447 return;
3448
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003449 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003450 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3451 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003452 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003453 Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregor90cf2c92010-05-08 20:18:54 +00003454 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3455 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3456 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
3457 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3458 Candidate.Viable = false;
3459 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
3460 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3461 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
3462 Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
3463 Info);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003464 return;
3465 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003466
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003467 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
3468 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
3469 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003470 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003471 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003472}
3473
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003474/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
3475/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
3476/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
3477/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
3478/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
3479void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003480 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003481 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003482 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003483 QualType ObjectType,
3484 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003485 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003486 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3487 return;
3488
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003489 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3490 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3491
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003492 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3493 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003494 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003495 Candidate.Function = 0;
3496 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
3497 Candidate.Viable = true;
3498 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003499 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003500 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3501
3502 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3503 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003504 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003505 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003506 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003507 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003508 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003509 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003510 return;
3511 }
3512
3513 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
3514 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
3515 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003516 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003517 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00003518 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003519 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003521 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
3522 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
3523
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003524 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003525 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3526
3527 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3528 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3529 // list (8.3.5).
3530 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3531 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003532 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003533 return;
3534 }
3535
3536 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
3537 // we have enough arguments.
3538 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3539 // Not enough arguments.
3540 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003541 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003542 return;
3543 }
3544
3545 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3546 // arguments.
3547 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3548 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3549 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3550 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3551 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3552 // parameter of F.
3553 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003554 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003555 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003556 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003557 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003558 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003559 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003560 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003561 break;
3562 }
3563 } else {
3564 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3565 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3566 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003567 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003568 }
3569 }
3570}
3571
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003572/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
3573/// member functions.
3574///
3575/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
3576/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
3577/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
3578/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
3579/// [over.match.oper]).
3580void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3581 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3582 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3583 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3584 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003585 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3586
3587 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3588 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3589 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3590 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3591 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3592 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3593 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3594 // constructed as follows:
3595 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3596 QualType T2;
3597 if (NumArgs > 1)
3598 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3599
3600 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3601 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3602 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3603 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003604 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003605 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003606 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003607 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003608
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003609 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3610 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3611 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3612
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003613 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003614 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3615 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003616 ++Oper)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003617 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003618 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003619 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003620 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003621}
3622
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003623/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3624/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3625/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003626/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3627/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003628/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3629/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3630/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003631void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003632 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003633 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003634 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3635 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003636 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3637 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3638
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003639 // Add this candidate
3640 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3641 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003642 Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003643 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003644 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003645 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003646 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3647 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3648 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3649
3650 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3651 // arguments.
3652 Candidate.Viable = true;
3653 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3654 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003655 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3656 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3657 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3658 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3659 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3660 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003661 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003662 //
3663 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3664 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3665 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3666 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003667 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003668 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003669 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3670 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3671 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003672 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003673 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003674 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003675 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003676 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003677 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003678 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003679 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003680 break;
3681 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003682 }
3683}
3684
3685/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3686/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3687/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3688/// enumeration types.
3689class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3690 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003691 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003692
3693 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3694 /// built-in candidates.
3695 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3696
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003697 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3698 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3699 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3700
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003701 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3702 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3703 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3704
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003705 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3706 /// candidate type set.
3707 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003709 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3710 ASTContext &Context;
3711
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003712 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3713 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003714 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003715
3716public:
3717 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003718 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003719
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003720 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003721 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003722
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003723 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3724 SourceLocation Loc,
3725 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003726 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3727 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003728
3729 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3730 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3731
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003732 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003733 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3734
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003735 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3736 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3737
3738 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3739 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3740
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003741 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3742 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3743
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003744 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003745 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3746};
3747
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003748/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003749/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3750/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3751/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3752/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3753/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3754/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003755///
3756/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003757bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003758BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3759 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003760
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003761 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003762 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003763 return false;
3764
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003765 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3766 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003767
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003768 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003769 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3770 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3771 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3772 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3773 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3774 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003775 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003776 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003777 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003778 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3779 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3780
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003781 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3782 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3783 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003784 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3785 // in the types.
3786 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3787 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003788 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3789 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003790 }
3791
3792 return true;
3793}
3794
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003795/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3796/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3797/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3798/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3799/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3800/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3801/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003802///
3803/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003804bool
3805BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3806 QualType Ty) {
3807 // Insert this type.
3808 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3809 return false;
3810
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003811 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3812 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003813
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003814 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003815 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3816 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3817 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3818 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3819 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3820 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003821 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3822
3823 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3824 // qualifiers.
3825 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3826 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3827 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3828
3829 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3830 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003831 }
3832
3833 return true;
3834}
3835
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003836/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3837/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003838/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3839/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003840/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3841/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3842/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3843/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003844void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003845BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003846 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003847 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003848 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3849 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003850 // Only deal with canonical types.
3851 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3852
3853 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3854 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003855 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003856 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3857
3858 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003859 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003860
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003861 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3862 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3863 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3864
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003865 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003866 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3867
3868 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3869 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003870 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003871 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003872 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3873 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3874 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3875 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003876 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003877 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003878 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003879 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003880 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003881 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3882 return;
3883 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003884
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003885 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003886 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003887 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003888 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003889 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003890 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3891 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3892 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003893
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003894 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003895 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003896 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003897 continue;
3898
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003899 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003900 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003901 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003902 VisibleQuals);
3903 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003904 }
3905 }
3906 }
3907}
3908
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003909/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3910/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3911/// given type to the candidate set.
3912static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3913 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003914 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003915 unsigned NumArgs,
3916 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3917 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003919 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3920 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3921 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3922 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3923 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003924
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003925 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3926 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003927 ParamTypes[0]
3928 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003929 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3930 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003931 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003932 }
3933}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003934
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003935/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3936/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003937static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3938 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3939 const RecordType *TyRec;
3940 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3941 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
Douglas Gregord0ace022010-04-25 00:55:24 +00003942 TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003943 else
3944 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3945 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003946 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003947 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3948 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3949 return VRQuals;
3950 }
3951
3952 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003953 if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
3954 return VRQuals;
3955
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003956 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003957 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003958
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003959 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003960 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003961 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3962 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3963 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
3964 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003965 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3966 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3967 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3968 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3969 // as see them.
3970 bool done = false;
3971 while (!done) {
3972 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3973 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3974 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3975 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3976 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3977 else
3978 done = true;
3979 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3980 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3981 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3982 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3983 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3984 return VRQuals;
3985 }
3986 }
3987 }
3988 return VRQuals;
3989}
3990
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003991/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3992/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3993/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3994/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3995/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003996void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003997Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003998 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003999 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4000 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004001 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
4002 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
4003 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
4004 // types; these types need to be first.
4005 // FIXME: What about complex?
4006 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
4007 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004009 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
4010 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
4011 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
4012 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
4013 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004014 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
4015// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004016 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
4017 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
4018 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
4019 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
4020 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
4021 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00004022 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
4023 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
4024 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
4025 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
4026 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
4027 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
4028 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
4029 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
4030 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
4031 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
4032
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004033 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
4034 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
4035 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004036 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
4037 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004038 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
4039 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
4040
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004041 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004042 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
4043 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004044 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004045 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004046 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004047 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004048 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004049 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004050 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004051 true,
4052 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
4053 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004054 Op == OO_PipePipe),
4055 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004056 }
4057
4058 bool isComparison = false;
4059 switch (Op) {
4060 case OO_None:
4061 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
4062 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
4063 break;
4064
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004065 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004066 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004067 goto UnaryStar;
4068 else
4069 goto BinaryStar;
4070 break;
4071
4072 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
4073 if (NumArgs == 1)
4074 goto UnaryPlus;
4075 else
4076 goto BinaryPlus;
4077 break;
4078
4079 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
4080 if (NumArgs == 1)
4081 goto UnaryMinus;
4082 else
4083 goto BinaryMinus;
4084 break;
4085
4086 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
4087 if (NumArgs == 1)
4088 goto UnaryAmp;
4089 else
4090 goto BinaryAmp;
4091
4092 case OO_PlusPlus:
4093 case OO_MinusMinus:
4094 // C++ [over.built]p3:
4095 //
4096 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
4097 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
4098 // functions of the form
4099 //
4100 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
4101 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
4102 //
4103 // C++ [over.built]p4:
4104 //
4105 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
4106 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
4107 // candidate operator functions of the form
4108 //
4109 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
4110 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004111 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004112 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
4113 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004115 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004116
4117 // Non-volatile version.
4118 if (NumArgs == 1)
4119 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4120 else
4121 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004122 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4123 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
4124 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4125 // Volatile version
4126 ParamTypes[0]
4127 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
4128 if (NumArgs == 1)
4129 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4130 else
4131 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4132 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004133 }
4134
4135 // C++ [over.built]p5:
4136 //
4137 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4138 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
4139 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4140 //
4141 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
4142 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
4143 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
4144 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
4145 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4146 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4147 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004148 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004149 continue;
4150
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004151 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
4152 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004153 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004155 // Without volatile
4156 if (NumArgs == 1)
4157 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4158 else
4159 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4160
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004161 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4162 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004163 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004164 ParamTypes[0]
4165 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004166 if (NumArgs == 1)
4167 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4168 else
4169 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4170 }
4171 }
4172 break;
4173
4174 UnaryStar:
4175 // C++ [over.built]p6:
4176 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
4177 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4178 //
4179 // T& operator*(T*);
4180 //
4181 // C++ [over.built]p7:
4182 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
4183 // functions of the form
4184 // T& operator*(T*);
4185 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4186 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4187 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004188 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004190 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4191 }
4192 break;
4193
4194 UnaryPlus:
4195 // C++ [over.built]p8:
4196 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
4197 // the form
4198 //
4199 // T* operator+(T*);
4200 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4201 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4202 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
4203 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4204 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004206 // Fall through
4207
4208 UnaryMinus:
4209 // C++ [over.built]p9:
4210 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
4211 // operator functions of the form
4212 //
4213 // T operator+(T);
4214 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004215 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004216 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
4217 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
4218 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4219 }
4220 break;
4221
4222 case OO_Tilde:
4223 // C++ [over.built]p10:
4224 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
4225 // operator functions of the form
4226 //
4227 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004228 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004229 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
4230 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
4231 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
4232 }
4233 break;
4234
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004235 case OO_New:
4236 case OO_Delete:
4237 case OO_Array_New:
4238 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004239 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004240 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004241 break;
4242
4243 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004244 UnaryAmp:
4245 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004246 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
4247 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
4248 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004249 break;
4250
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004251 case OO_EqualEqual:
4252 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
4253 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004254 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
4255 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004256 //
4257 // bool operator==(T,T);
4258 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004260 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4261 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4262 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
4263 ++MemPtr) {
4264 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
4265 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004267
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004268 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004269
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004270 case OO_Less:
4271 case OO_Greater:
4272 case OO_LessEqual:
4273 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004274 // C++ [over.built]p15:
4275 //
4276 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
4277 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004278 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004279 // bool operator<(T, T);
4280 // bool operator>(T, T);
4281 // bool operator<=(T, T);
4282 // bool operator>=(T, T);
4283 // bool operator==(T, T);
4284 // bool operator!=(T, T);
4285 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4286 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4287 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4288 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004290 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004291 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
4292 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
4293 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
4294 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4295 }
4296
4297 // Fall through.
4298 isComparison = true;
4299
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004300 BinaryPlus:
4301 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004302 if (!isComparison) {
4303 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
4304
4305 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4306 //
4307 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
4308 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004309 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004310 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4311 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
4312 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4313 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4314 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
4315 //
4316 // C++ [over.built]p14:
4317 //
4318 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
4319 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4320 //
4321 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004322 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004323 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4324 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4325 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
4326
4327 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
4328 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4329
4330 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
4331 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4332 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4333 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4334 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4335 } else {
4336 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
4337 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4338 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
4339 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4340 }
4341 }
4342 }
4343 // Fall through
4344
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004345 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004346 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004347 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004348 // C++ [over.built]p12:
4349 //
4350 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
4351 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4352 //
4353 // LR operator*(L, R);
4354 // LR operator/(L, R);
4355 // LR operator+(L, R);
4356 // LR operator-(L, R);
4357 // bool operator<(L, R);
4358 // bool operator>(L, R);
4359 // bool operator<=(L, R);
4360 // bool operator>=(L, R);
4361 // bool operator==(L, R);
4362 // bool operator!=(L, R);
4363 //
4364 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4365 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004366 //
4367 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4368 //
4369 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
4370 // candidate operator functions of the form
4371 //
4372 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
4373 //
4374 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4375 // between types L and R.
4376 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004377 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004378 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004379 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004380 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4381 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004382 QualType Result
4383 = isComparison
4384 ? Context.BoolTy
4385 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004386 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4387 }
4388 }
4389 break;
4390
4391 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004392 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004393 case OO_Caret:
4394 case OO_Pipe:
4395 case OO_LessLess:
4396 case OO_GreaterGreater:
4397 // C++ [over.built]p17:
4398 //
4399 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
4400 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4401 //
4402 // LR operator%(L, R);
4403 // LR operator&(L, R);
4404 // LR operator^(L, R);
4405 // LR operator|(L, R);
4406 // L operator<<(L, R);
4407 // L operator>>(L, R);
4408 //
4409 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4410 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004411 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004412 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004413 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004414 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4415 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
4416 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
4417 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004418 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004419 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4420 }
4421 }
4422 break;
4423
4424 case OO_Equal:
4425 // C++ [over.built]p20:
4426 //
4427 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004428 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004429 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4430 //
4431 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004432 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4433 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
4434 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
4435 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004436 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004437 CandidateSet);
4438 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4439 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4440 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4441 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004442 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004443 CandidateSet);
4444 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004445
4446 case OO_PlusEqual:
4447 case OO_MinusEqual:
4448 // C++ [over.built]p19:
4449 //
4450 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
4451 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
4452 // of the form
4453 //
4454 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
4455 //
4456 // C++ [over.built]p21:
4457 //
4458 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4459 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
4460 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4461 //
4462 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4463 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4464 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4465 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4466 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4467 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
4468
4469 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004470 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004471 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4472 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004473
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004474 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4475 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004476 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004477 ParamTypes[0]
4478 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004479 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4480 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004481 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004482 }
4483 // Fall through.
4484
4485 case OO_StarEqual:
4486 case OO_SlashEqual:
4487 // C++ [over.built]p18:
4488 //
4489 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
4490 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
4491 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
4492 // the form
4493 //
4494 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
4495 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
4496 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
4497 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
4498 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
4499 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004500 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004501 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4502 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4503 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4504
4505 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004506 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004507 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4508 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004509
4510 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004511 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4512 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
4513 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4514 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4515 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4516 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004517 }
4518 }
4519 break;
4520
4521 case OO_PercentEqual:
4522 case OO_LessLessEqual:
4523 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
4524 case OO_AmpEqual:
4525 case OO_CaretEqual:
4526 case OO_PipeEqual:
4527 // C++ [over.built]p22:
4528 //
4529 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
4530 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
4531 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4532 //
4533 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
4534 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
4535 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
4536 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
4537 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
4538 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
4539 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004540 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004541 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4542 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4543 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4544
4545 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004546 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004547 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00004548 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4549 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
4550 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
4551 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
4552 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4553 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4554 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004555 }
4556 }
4557 break;
4558
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004559 case OO_Exclaim: {
4560 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4561 //
4562 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4563 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004565 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4566 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4567 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004568 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
4569 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4570 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004571 break;
4572 }
4573
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004574 case OO_AmpAmp:
4575 case OO_PipePipe: {
4576 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4577 //
4578 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4579 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004580 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004581 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
4582 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
4583 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004584 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4585 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4586 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004587 break;
4588 }
4589
4590 case OO_Subscript:
4591 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4592 //
4593 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4594 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004595 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004596 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4597 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4598 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4599 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4600 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4601 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4602 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4603 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004604 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004605 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004606
4607 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4608 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4609
4610 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4611 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4612 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4613 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4614 }
4615 break;
4616
4617 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004618 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4619 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4620 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4621 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4622 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4623 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4624 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4625 {
4626 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4627 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4628 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4629 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4630 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004631 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004632 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004633 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004634 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4635 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004636 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4637 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4638 // volatile/restrict type.
4639 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4640 continue;
4641 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4642 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004643 }
4644 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4645 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4646 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4647 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4648 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4649 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004650 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004651 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4652 break;
4653 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4654 // build CV12 T&
4655 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004656 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4657 T.isVolatileQualified())
4658 continue;
4659 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4660 T.isRestrictQualified())
4661 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004662 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004663 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4664 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4665 }
4666 }
4667 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004668 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004669
4670 case OO_Conditional:
4671 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4672 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4673 // therefore added as binary.
4674 //
4675 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4676 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4677 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4678 //
4679 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4680 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004681 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4682 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4683 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4684 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4685 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004686 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4687 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4688 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4689 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4690 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4691 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004692 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004693 }
4694}
4695
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004696/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4697/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4698///
4699/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4700/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4701/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4702/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004703void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004704Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004705 bool Operator,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004706 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004707 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004708 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4709 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004710 ADLResult Fns;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004711
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00004712 // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
4713 // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
4714 // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
4715 // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
4716 // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
4717 // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
4718
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004719 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004720 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004721
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004722 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004723 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4724 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4725 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004726 if (Cand->Function) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004727 Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004728 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004729 Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004730 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004731
4732 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4733 // set.
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004734 for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004735 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004736 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004737 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004738 continue;
4739
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004740 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00004741 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004742 } else
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004743 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004744 FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004745 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004746 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004747}
4748
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004749/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4750/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004752Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004753 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
4754 SourceLocation Loc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004755 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4756 // functions.
4757 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4758 return Cand1.Viable;
4759 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4760 return false;
4761
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004762 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4763 //
4764 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4765 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4766 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4767 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4768 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4769 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4770 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004771
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004772 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004773 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4774 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004775 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004776 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4777 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4778 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004779 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004780 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4781 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4782 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4783 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4784 HasBetterConversion = true;
4785 break;
4786
4787 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4788 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4789 return false;
4790
4791 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4792 // Do nothing.
4793 break;
4794 }
4795 }
4796
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004797 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004798 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004799 if (HasBetterConversion)
4800 return true;
4801
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004802 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004803 // specialization, or, if not that,
4804 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4805 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4806 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004807
4808 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4809 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4810 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004811 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004812 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4813 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004814 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4815 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4816 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004817 Loc,
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004818 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4819 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004820 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004821
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004822 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4823 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4824 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4825 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4826 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4827 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004828 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4829 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004830 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4831 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4832 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4833 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4834 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4835 return true;
4836
4837 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4838 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4839 return false;
4840
4841 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4842 // Do nothing
4843 break;
4844 }
4845 }
4846
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004847 return false;
4848}
4849
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004850/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004851/// within an overload candidate set.
4852///
4853/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4854///
4855/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4856/// which overload resolution occurs.
4857///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004858/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004859/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4860///
4861/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004862OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4863 SourceLocation Loc,
4864 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004865 // Find the best viable function.
4866 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4867 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4868 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4869 if (Cand->Viable) {
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004870 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() ||
4871 isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best, Loc))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004872 Best = Cand;
4873 }
4874 }
4875
4876 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4877 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4878 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4879
4880 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4881 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4882 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4883 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004885 Cand != Best &&
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004886 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand, Loc)) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004887 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004888 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004889 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004890 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004891
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004892 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004893 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004894 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004895 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004896 return OR_Deleted;
4897
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004898 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4899 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004900 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4901 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004902 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4903 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4904 if (Best->Function)
4905 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004906 return OR_Success;
4907}
4908
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004909namespace {
4910
4911enum OverloadCandidateKind {
4912 oc_function,
4913 oc_method,
4914 oc_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004915 oc_function_template,
4916 oc_method_template,
4917 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004918 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
4919 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004920 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004921};
4922
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004923OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
4924 FunctionDecl *Fn,
4925 std::string &Description) {
4926 bool isTemplate = false;
4927
4928 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4929 isTemplate = true;
4930 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
4931 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4932 }
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004933
4934 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004935 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004936 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004937
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004938 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
4939 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004940 }
4941
4942 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4943 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4944 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004945 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004946 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004947
4948 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4949 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004950 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
4951 }
4952
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004953 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004954}
4955
4956} // end anonymous namespace
4957
4958// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4959void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004960 std::string FnDesc;
4961 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
4962 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
4963 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004964}
4965
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004966/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
4967/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
4968/// target types of the conversion.
4969void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
4970 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4971 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
4972 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
4973 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
4974 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
4975 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4976 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
4977 }
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004978}
4979
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004980namespace {
4981
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004982void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
4983 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
4984 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004985 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
4986 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4987
4988 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
4989 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
4990 // conversion-slot index.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004991 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004992 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004993 if (I == 0)
4994 isObjectArgument = true;
4995 else
4996 I--;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004997 }
4998
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004999 std::string FnDesc;
5000 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
5001
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005002 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
5003 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
5004 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005005
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00005006 if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005007 assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00005008 Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
5009 if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
5010 E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005011 DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00005012
5013 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
5014 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5015 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5016 << ToTy << Name << I+1;
5017 return;
5018 }
5019
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00005020 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
5021 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00005022 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
5023 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
5024 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
5025 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
5026 else {
5027 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
5028 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
5029 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
5030 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
5031 }
5032
5033 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
5034 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
5035 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
5036 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
5037 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
5038 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
5039 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
5040
5041 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
5042 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
5043
5044 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
5045 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
5046 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5047 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5048 << FromTy
5049 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
5050 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
5051 return;
5052 }
5053
5054 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
5055 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
5056
5057 if (isObjectArgument) {
5058 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
5059 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5060 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5061 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
5062 } else {
5063 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
5064 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5065 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5066 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
5067 }
5068 return;
5069 }
5070
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00005071 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
5072 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
5073 // the failure.
5074 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
5075 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
5076 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
5077 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
5078 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
5079 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
5080 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5081 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
5082 return;
5083 }
5084
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00005085 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005086 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
5087 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005088 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalla1709fd2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00005089 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005090}
5091
5092void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5093 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
5094 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
5095
5096 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
5097 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5098
5099 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
5100
5101 // at least / at most / exactly
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005102 // FIXME: variadic templates "at most" should account for parameter packs
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005103 unsigned mode, modeCount;
5104 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005105 assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||
5106 (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
5107 Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments));
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005108 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
5109 mode = 0; // "at least"
5110 else
5111 mode = 2; // "exactly"
5112 modeCount = MinParams;
5113 } else {
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005114 assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||
5115 (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
5116 Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments));
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005117 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
5118 mode = 1; // "at most"
5119 else
5120 mode = 2; // "exactly"
5121 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
5122 }
5123
5124 std::string Description;
5125 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
5126
5127 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005128 << (unsigned) FnKind << (Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() != 0) << mode
5129 << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005130}
5131
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005132/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
5133void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5134 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5135 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
5136
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005137 TemplateParameter Param = Cand->DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter();
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005138 NamedDecl *ParamD;
5139 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
5140 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
5141 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005142 switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
5143 case Sema::TDK_Success:
5144 llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
5145
5146 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005147 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
5148 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
5149 << ParamD->getDeclName();
5150 return;
5151 }
5152
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005153 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
5154 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals: {
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005155 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result");
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005156 int which = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005157 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005158 which = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005159 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005160 which = 1;
5161 else {
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005162 which = 2;
5163 }
5164
5165 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction)
5166 << which << ParamD->getDeclName()
5167 << *Cand->DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()
5168 << *Cand->DeductionFailure.getSecondArg();
5169 return;
5170 }
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005171
Douglas Gregor1d72edd2010-05-08 19:15:54 +00005172 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
5173 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments");
5174 if (ParamD->getDeclName())
5175 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
5176 diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named)
5177 << ParamD->getDeclName();
5178 else {
5179 int index = 0;
5180 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
5181 index = TTP->getIndex();
5182 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
5183 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
5184 index = NTTP->getIndex();
5185 else
5186 index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex();
5187 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
5188 diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed)
5189 << (index + 1);
5190 }
5191 return;
5192
Douglas Gregor02eb4832010-05-08 18:13:28 +00005193 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
5194 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
5195 DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
5196 return;
Douglas Gregord09efd42010-05-08 20:07:26 +00005197
5198 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
5199 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth);
5200 return;
5201
5202 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: {
5203 std::string ArgString;
5204 if (TemplateArgumentList *Args
5205 = Cand->DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList())
5206 ArgString = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
5207 Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()->getTemplateParameters(),
5208 *Args);
5209 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure)
5210 << ArgString;
5211 return;
5212 }
Douglas Gregor3626a5c2010-05-08 17:41:32 +00005213
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005214 // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
5215 // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005216 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005217 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
5218 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
5219 return;
5220 }
5221}
5222
5223/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
5224/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
5225///
5226/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
5227/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
5228/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
5229/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
5230/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
5231/// overload.
5232///
5233/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
5234/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
5235/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005236void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5237 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005238 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
5239
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005240 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005241 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005242 std::string FnDesc;
5243 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00005244
5245 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005246 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005247 return;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005248 }
5249
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005250 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
5251 if (Cand->Viable) {
5252 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
5253 return;
5254 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005255
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005256 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
5257 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
5258 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
5259 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005260
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005261 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00005262 return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
5263
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005264 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
5265 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00005266 case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005267 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005268
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005269 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
5270 unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
5271 for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00005272 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
5273 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
5274
5275 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
5276 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
5277 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
5278 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005279 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005280 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005281}
5282
5283void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5284 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
5285 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
5286 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
5287 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
5288 bool isLValueReference = false;
5289 bool isRValueReference = false;
5290 bool isPointer = false;
5291 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
5292 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
5293 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
5294 isLValueReference = true;
5295 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
5296 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
5297 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
5298 isRValueReference = true;
5299 }
5300 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5301 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5302 isPointer = true;
5303 }
5304 // Desugar down to a function type.
5305 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
5306 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
5307 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
5308 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
5309 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
5310
5311 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
5312 << FnType;
5313}
5314
5315void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
5316 const char *Opc,
5317 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5318 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5319 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
5320 std::string TypeStr("operator");
5321 TypeStr += Opc;
5322 TypeStr += "(";
5323 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
5324 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
5325 TypeStr += ")";
5326 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5327 } else {
5328 TypeStr += ", ";
5329 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
5330 TypeStr += ")";
5331 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5332 }
5333}
5334
5335void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5336 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5337 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
5338 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
5339 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005340 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
5341 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
5342
5343 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005344 S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005345 }
5346}
5347
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005348SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5349 if (Cand->Function)
5350 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005351 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005352 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
5353 return SourceLocation();
5354}
5355
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005356struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
5357 Sema &S;
5358 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005359
5360 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
5361 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005362 // Fast-path this check.
5363 if (L == R) return false;
5364
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005365 // Order first by viability.
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005366 if (L->Viable) {
5367 if (!R->Viable) return true;
5368
5369 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
5370 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
5371 // that could exploit it.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005372 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
5373 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005374 } else if (R->Viable)
5375 return false;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005376
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005377 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005378
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005379 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
5380 if (!L->Viable) {
5381 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
5382 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5383 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5384 return false;
5385 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5386 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5387 return true;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005388
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005389 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
5390 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
5391 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
5392 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5393 return true;
5394
5395 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
5396 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
5397 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
5398
5399 int leftBetter = 0;
John McCall21b57fa2010-02-25 10:46:05 +00005400 unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
5401 for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005402 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
5403 R->Conversions[I])) {
5404 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
5405 leftBetter++;
5406 break;
5407
5408 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
5409 leftBetter--;
5410 break;
5411
5412 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
5413 break;
5414 }
5415 }
5416 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
5417 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
5418
5419 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5420 return false;
5421
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005422 // TODO: others?
5423 }
5424
5425 // Sort everything else by location.
5426 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
5427 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
5428
5429 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
5430 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
5431 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
5432
5433 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005434 }
5435};
5436
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005437/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
5438/// computes up to the first
5439void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5440 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5441 assert(!Cand->Viable);
5442
5443 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
5444 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
5445
5446 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005447 unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005448 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
5449 while (true) {
5450 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
5451 ConvIdx++;
5452 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
5453 break;
5454 }
5455
5456 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
5457 return;
5458
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005459 assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
5460 "remaining conversion is initialized?");
5461
Douglas Gregoradc7a702010-04-16 17:45:54 +00005462 // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005463 // operation somehow.
5464 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005465
5466 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
5467 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
5468
5469 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
5470 QualType ConvType
5471 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5472 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5473 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
5474 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5475 ArgIdx--;
5476 } else if (Cand->Function) {
5477 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5478 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
5479 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
5480 ArgIdx--;
5481 } else {
5482 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
5483 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
5484 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
5485 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005486 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ConvIdx],
5487 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
5488 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005489 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005490 return;
5491 }
5492
5493 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
5494 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5495 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
5496 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
5497 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005498 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
5499 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcb13cfc2010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005500 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005501 else
5502 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
5503 }
5504}
5505
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005506} // end anonymous namespace
5507
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005508/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
5509/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005510/// set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005511void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005512Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005513 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005514 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005515 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00005516 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005517 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
5518 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
5519 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
5520 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
5521 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
5522 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005523 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
5524 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005525 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005526 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
5527 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
5528 Cands.push_back(Cand);
5529 }
5530 }
5531
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005532 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
5533 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005534
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005535 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005536
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005537 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
5538 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5539 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00005540
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005541 if (Cand->Function)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005542 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005543 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
5544 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
5545
5546 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
5547 // every possible builtin candidate.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005548 else if (Cand->Viable) {
5549 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
5550 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
5551 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
5552 //
5553 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
5554 // different ambiguities, though.
5555 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
5556 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
5557 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
5558 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005559
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005560 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005561 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005562 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005563 }
5564}
5565
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005566static bool CheckUnresolvedAccess(Sema &S, OverloadExpr *E, DeclAccessPair D) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005567 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005568 return S.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005569
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005570 return S.CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005571}
5572
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005573/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
5574/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
5575/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
5576/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
5577///
5578/// @code
5579/// int f(double);
5580/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005581///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005582/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
5583/// @endcode
5584///
5585/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
5586/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
5587/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
5588FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005589Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005590 bool Complain,
5591 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005592 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005593 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005594 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005595 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005596 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00005597 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005598 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005599 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005600 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5601 IsMember = true;
5602 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005603
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005604 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5605 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5606 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005607 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5608 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5609 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005610 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
5611 TemplateArgumentListInfo ETABuffer, *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5612 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5613 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ETABuffer);
5614 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &ETABuffer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005615 }
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005616
5617 // We expect a pointer or reference to function, or a function pointer.
5618 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
5619 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
5620 if (Complain)
5621 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
5622 << OvlExpr->getName() << ToType;
5623
5624 return 0;
5625 }
5626
5627 assert(From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005628
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005629 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5630 // whose type matches exactly.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005631 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb242683d2010-04-01 18:32:35 +00005632 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> NonMatches;
5633
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005634 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005635 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5636 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005637 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
5638 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5639
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005640 // C++ [over.over]p3:
5641 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00005642 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
5643 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005644 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
5645 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005646
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005647 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005648 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005649 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005650 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005651 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005652 // static when converting to member pointer.
5653 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
5654 continue;
5655 } else if (IsMember)
5656 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005657
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005658 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005659 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5660 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5661 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5662 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005663 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005664 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005665 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005666 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005667 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005668 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005669 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
5670 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5671 (void)Result;
5672 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005673 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
5674 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005675 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005676 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005677 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5678 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005679 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005680
5681 continue;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005682 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005683
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005684 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005685 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
5686 // when converting to member pointer.
5687 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005688 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005689
5690 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005691 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005692 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005693 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005694 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005695
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005696 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00005697 QualType ResultTy;
5698 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
5699 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
5700 ResultTy)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005701 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5702 cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005703 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
5704 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005705 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005706 }
5707
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005708 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005709 if (Matches.empty()) {
5710 if (Complain) {
5711 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
5712 << OvlExpr->getName() << FunctionType;
5713 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5714 E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
5715 I != E; ++I)
5716 if (FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
5717 NoteOverloadCandidate(F);
5718 }
5719
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005720 return 0;
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005721 } else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005722 FunctionDecl *Result = Matches[0].second;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005723 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005724 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005725 if (Complain)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005726 CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005727 return Result;
5728 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005729
5730 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5731 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005732 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005733 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5734 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5735 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5736 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5737 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5738
5739 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5740 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5741 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5742 // best function template (if it exists).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005743
5744 UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
5745 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5746 MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005747
5748 UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005749 getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005750 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5751 PDiag(),
5752 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005753 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005754 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5755 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005756 assert(Result != MatchesCopy.end() && "no most-specialized template");
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005757 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), *Result);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005758 FoundResult = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00005759 if (Complain) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005760 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, FoundResult);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00005761 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundResult, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
5762 }
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005763 return cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005764 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005765
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005766 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5767 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005768 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005769 if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005770 ++I;
5771 else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005772 Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
5773 Matches.set_size(N);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005774 }
5775 }
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005776
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005777 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005778 // selected function.
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005779 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005780 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Matches[0].second);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005781 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00005782 if (Complain) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005783 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00005784 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Matches[0].first, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
5785 }
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005786 return cast<FunctionDecl>(Matches[0].second);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005787 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005788
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005789 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
5790 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
5791 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005792 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName();
5793 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5794 NoteOverloadCandidate(Matches[I].second);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005795 return 0;
5796}
5797
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005798/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
5799/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
5800///
5801/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
5802/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
5803/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
5804/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
5805FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
5806 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5807 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5808 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005809 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5810 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5811 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005812
5813 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
5814 return 0;
5815
5816 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005817
5818 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005819 if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005820 return 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005821
5822 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
5823 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005824
5825 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5826 // whose type matches exactly.
5827 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005828 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5829 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005830 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
5831 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
5832 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
5833 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
5834 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
5835 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
5836 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
5837
5838 // C++ [over.over]p2:
5839 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5840 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5841 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5842 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
5843 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005844 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005845 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005846 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
5847 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5848 Specialization, Info)) {
5849 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5850 (void)Result;
5851 continue;
5852 }
5853
5854 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
5855 if (Matched)
5856 return 0;
5857
5858 Matched = Specialization;
5859 }
5860
5861 return Matched;
5862}
5863
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005864/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
5865static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005866 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005867 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005868 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5869 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5870 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005871 NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005872 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
5873 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
5874
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005875 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005876 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005877 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00005878 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005879 return;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005880 }
5881
5882 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
5883 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005884 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
5885 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005886 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005887 return;
5888 }
5889
5890 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
5891
5892 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005893}
5894
5895/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
5896/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005897void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005898 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5899 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5900 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005901
5902#ifndef NDEBUG
5903 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
5904 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005905 //
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005906 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
5907 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
5908 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
5909 //
5910 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
5911 //
5912 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005913 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005914 //
5915 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
5916 // template
5917 //
5918 // then Y is empty.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005919
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005920 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5921 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5922 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5923 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
5924 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
5925 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5926 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005927 }
5928 }
5929#endif
5930
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005931 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
5932 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5933 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5934 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5935 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5936 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5937 }
5938
5939 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5940 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005941 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005942 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005943 PartialOverloading);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005944
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005945 if (ULE->requiresADL())
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005946 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
5947 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005948 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005949 CandidateSet,
5950 PartialOverloading);
5951}
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005952
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005953static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5954 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5955 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5956 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5957 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5958 return SemaRef.ExprError();
5959}
5960
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005961/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
5962///
5963/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005964static Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005965BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005966 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5967 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5968 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5969 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5970 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005971
5972 CXXScopeSpec SS;
5973 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
5974 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
5975 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
5976 }
5977
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005978 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5979 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5980 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5981 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5982 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5983 }
5984
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005985 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
5986 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005987 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005988 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005989
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005990 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
5991
5992 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
5993 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
5994 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
5995 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
5996 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5997 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
5998 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5999 else
6000 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
6001
6002 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
6003 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
6004
6005 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
6006
6007 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
6008 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
6009 // end up here.
6010 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
6011 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
6012 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006013}
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00006014
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006015/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00006016/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
6017/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
6018/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
6019/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00006020/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006021/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006022Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00006023Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006024 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6025 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6026 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6027 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6028#ifndef NDEBUG
6029 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
6030 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
6031 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
6032
6033 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
6034 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
6035 FunctionDecl *F;
6036 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
6037 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
6038 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
6039 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
6040
6041 // We don't perform ADL in C.
6042 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
6043 }
6044#endif
6045
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006046 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00006047
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006048 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
6049 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
6050 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006051
6052 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
6053 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
6054 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006055 if (CandidateSet.empty())
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00006056 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006057 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00006058
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006059 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006060 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006061 case OR_Success: {
6062 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006063 CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006064 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, ULE->getNameLoc());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006065 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006066 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6067 }
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006068
6069 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00006070 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006071 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006072 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006073 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006074 break;
6075
6076 case OR_Ambiguous:
6077 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006078 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006079 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006080 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006081
6082 case OR_Deleted:
6083 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
6084 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006085 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006086 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006087 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006088 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006089 }
6090
6091 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
6092 // return NULL.
6093 Fn->Destroy(Context);
6094 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
6095 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00006096 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00006097}
6098
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006099static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00006100 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
6101 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
6102}
6103
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006104/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
6105/// operator.
6106///
6107/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
6108///
6109/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
6110/// operator.
6111///
6112/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
6113/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
6114/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
6115/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
6116/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
6117/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
6118///
6119/// \param input The input argument.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006120Sema::OwningExprResult
6121Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
6122 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
6123 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006124 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
6125 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
6126
6127 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6128 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
6129 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
6130
6131 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
6132 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006133
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006134 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
6135 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
6136 // post-decrement.
6137 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
6138 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006139 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006140 SourceLocation());
6141 NumArgs = 2;
6142 }
6143
6144 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006145 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006146 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006147 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006148 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006149 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
6150 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006151
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006152 input.release();
6153 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
6154 &Args[0], NumArgs,
6155 Context.DependentTy,
6156 OpLoc));
6157 }
6158
6159 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006160 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006161
6162 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006163 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006164
6165 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6166 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
6167
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006168 // Add candidates from ADL.
6169 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Douglas Gregor6ec89d42010-02-05 05:15:43 +00006170 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006171 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6172 CandidateSet);
6173
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006174 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006175 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006176
6177 // Perform overload resolution.
6178 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006179 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006180 case OR_Success: {
6181 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6182 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006183
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006184 if (FnDecl) {
6185 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6186 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006187
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006188 // Convert the arguments.
6189 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006190 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006191
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006192 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6193 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006194 return ExprError();
6195 } else {
6196 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00006197 OwningExprResult InputInit
6198 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00006199 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00006200 SourceLocation(),
6201 move(input));
6202 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006203 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00006204
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00006205 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00006206 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006207 }
6208
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006209 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
6210
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006211 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00006212 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006213
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006214 // Build the actual expression node.
6215 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6216 SourceLocation());
6217 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006218
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006219 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00006220 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00006221 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
6222 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00006223 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006224
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00006225 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6226 FnDecl))
6227 return ExprError();
6228
6229 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006230 } else {
6231 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6232 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6233 // operator node.
6234 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006235 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006236 return ExprError();
6237
6238 break;
6239 }
6240 }
6241
6242 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6243 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
6244 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
6245 break;
6246
6247 case OR_Ambiguous:
6248 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6249 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
6250 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006251 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006252 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006253 return ExprError();
6254
6255 case OR_Deleted:
6256 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6257 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6258 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
6259 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006260 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006261 return ExprError();
6262 }
6263
6264 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
6265 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
6266 // build a built-in operation.
6267 input.release();
6268 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
6269}
6270
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006271/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
6272/// operator.
6273///
6274/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
6275///
6276/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
6277/// operator.
6278///
6279/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
6280/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
6281/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
6282/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
6283/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
6284/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
6285///
6286/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
6287/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006288Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006289Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006290 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006291 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006292 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006293 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006294 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006295
6296 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
6297 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6298 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
6299
6300 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6301 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006302 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006303 if (Fns.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006304 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
6305 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
6306 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
6307 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6308 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
6309
6310 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6311 Context.DependentTy,
6312 Context.DependentTy,
6313 Context.DependentTy,
6314 OpLoc));
6315 }
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006316
6317 // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006318 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006319 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006320 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006321 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006322 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006323
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006324 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006325 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006326 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006327 Context.DependentTy,
6328 OpLoc));
6329 }
6330
6331 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
6332 // create a built-in binary operator.
6333 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006334 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006335
Sebastian Redl6a96bf72009-11-18 23:10:33 +00006336 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
6337 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
6338 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
6339 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
6340 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
6341 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
6342 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006343 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006344
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006345 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006346 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006347
6348 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006349 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006350
6351 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6352 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6353
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006354 // Add candidates from ADL.
6355 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
6356 Args, 2,
6357 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6358 CandidateSet);
6359
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006360 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006361 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006362
6363 // Perform overload resolution.
6364 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006365 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00006366 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006367 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6368 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6369
6370 if (FnDecl) {
6371 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6372 // operator.
6373
6374 // Convert the arguments.
6375 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006376 // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006377 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006378
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006379 OwningExprResult Arg1
6380 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6381 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6382 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6383 SourceLocation(),
6384 Owned(Args[1]));
6385 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006386 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006387
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006388 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006389 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006390 return ExprError();
6391
6392 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006393 } else {
6394 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006395 OwningExprResult Arg0
6396 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6397 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6398 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6399 SourceLocation(),
6400 Owned(Args[0]));
6401 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006402 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006403
6404 OwningExprResult Arg1
6405 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6406 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6407 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
6408 SourceLocation(),
6409 Owned(Args[1]));
6410 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
6411 return ExprError();
6412 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
6413 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006414 }
6415
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006416 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
6417
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006418 // Determine the result type
6419 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006420 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006421 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6422
6423 // Build the actual expression node.
6424 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00006425 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006426 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6427
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006428 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6429 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
6430 Args, 2, ResultTy,
6431 OpLoc));
6432
6433 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6434 FnDecl))
6435 return ExprError();
6436
6437 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006438 } else {
6439 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6440 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6441 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006442 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006443 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006444 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006445 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006446 return ExprError();
6447
6448 break;
6449 }
6450 }
6451
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006452 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
6453 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
6454 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
6455 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
6456 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
6457 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
6458 break;
6459
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006460 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
6461 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
6462 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006463 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
6464 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
6465 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006466 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
6467 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006468 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006469 } else {
6470 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
6471 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
6472 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006473 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006474 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
6475 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
6476 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006477 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006478 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006479 return move(Result);
6480 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006481
6482 case OR_Ambiguous:
6483 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6484 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006485 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006486 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006487 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006488 return ExprError();
6489
6490 case OR_Deleted:
6491 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6492 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6493 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006494 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006495 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006496 return ExprError();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00006497 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006498
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006499 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006500 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006501}
6502
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006503Action::OwningExprResult
6504Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
6505 SourceLocation RLoc,
6506 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
6507 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
6508 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
6509 DeclarationName OpName =
6510 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
6511
6512 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6513 // expression.
6514 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
6515
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006516 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006517 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006518 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006519 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00006520 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006521 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006522
6523 Base.release();
6524 Idx.release();
6525 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
6526 Args, 2,
6527 Context.DependentTy,
6528 RLoc));
6529 }
6530
6531 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006532 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006533
6534 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
6535
6536 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6537 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6538
6539 // Add builtin operator candidates.
6540 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6541
6542 // Perform overload resolution.
6543 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
6544 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
6545 case OR_Success: {
6546 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6547 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6548
6549 if (FnDecl) {
6550 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6551 // operator.
6552
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006553 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006554 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LLoc);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006555
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006556 // Convert the arguments.
6557 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006558 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006559 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006560 return ExprError();
6561
Anders Carlssona68e51e2010-01-29 18:37:50 +00006562 // Convert the arguments.
6563 OwningExprResult InputInit
6564 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6565 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6566 SourceLocation(),
6567 Owned(Args[1]));
6568 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
6569 return ExprError();
6570
6571 Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
6572
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006573 // Determine the result type
6574 QualType ResultTy
6575 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
6576 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6577
6578 // Build the actual expression node.
6579 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6580 LLoc);
6581 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6582
6583 Base.release();
6584 Idx.release();
6585 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6586 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
6587 FnExpr, Args, 2,
6588 ResultTy, RLoc));
6589
6590 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
6591 FnDecl))
6592 return ExprError();
6593
6594 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
6595 } else {
6596 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6597 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6598 // operator node.
6599 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006600 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006601 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006602 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006603 return ExprError();
6604
6605 break;
6606 }
6607 }
6608
6609 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006610 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6611 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6612 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
6613 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
6614 else
6615 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
6616 << Args[0]->getType()
6617 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006618 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006619 "[]", LLoc);
6620 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006621 }
6622
6623 case OR_Ambiguous:
6624 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6625 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006626 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006627 "[]", LLoc);
6628 return ExprError();
6629
6630 case OR_Deleted:
6631 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6632 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
6633 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006634 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006635 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006636 return ExprError();
6637 }
6638
6639 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
6640 Base.release();
6641 Idx.release();
6642 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
6643 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
6644}
6645
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006646/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
6647/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
6648/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
6649/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
6650/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
6651/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
6652/// function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006653Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006654Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
6655 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006656 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6657 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6658 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
6659 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006660 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
6661
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006662 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006663 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall3a65ef42010-04-08 00:13:37 +00006664 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006665 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006666 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
6667 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006668 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006669 FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006670 Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006671 } else {
6672 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006673 Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
6674
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006675 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006676
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006677 // Add overload candidates
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006678 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006679
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006680 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6681 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6682 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6683 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6684 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6685 }
6686
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006687 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
6688 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6689
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006690 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
6691 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
6692 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
6693 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
6694
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006695 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006696 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
6697 // non-template member function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006698 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006699 continue;
6700
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006701 AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006702 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006703 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006704 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006705 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006706 I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006707 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006708 CandidateSet,
6709 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006710 }
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006711 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006712
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006713 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
6714
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006715 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006716 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006717 case OR_Success:
6718 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006719 FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006720 CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006721 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006722 break;
6723
6724 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006725 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006726 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006727 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006728 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006729 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006730 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006731
6732 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006733 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006734 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006735 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006736 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006737 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006738
6739 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006740 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006741 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006742 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006743 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006744 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006745 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006746 }
6747
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006748 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006749
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006750 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
6751 // non-member call based on that function.
6752 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6753 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
6754 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6755 }
6756
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006757 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006758 }
6759
6760 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006761 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006762 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006763 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006764 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6765 RParenLoc));
6766
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006767 // Check for a valid return type.
6768 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6769 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006770 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006771
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006772 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006773 // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
6774 // it was done at lookup.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006775 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006776 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006777 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Qualifier,
6778 FoundDecl, Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006779 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006780 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
6781
6782 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregorc8be9522010-05-04 18:18:31 +00006783 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006784 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006785 RParenLoc))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006786 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006787
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006788 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006789 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00006790
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006791 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006792}
6793
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006794/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
6795/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
6796/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
6797/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006798Sema::ExprResult
6799Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00006800 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006801 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006802 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006803 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6804 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006805 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006806
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006807 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
6808 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00006809 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006810 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
6811 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
6812 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
6813 // (E).operator().
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006814 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006815 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006816
6817 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006818 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006819 << Object->getSourceRange()))
6820 return true;
6821
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006822 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6823 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
6824 R.suppressDiagnostics();
6825
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006826 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006827 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006828 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object->getType(),
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006829 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00006830 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006831 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006832
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006833 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
6834 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
6835 // form
6836 //
6837 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
6838 //
6839 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
6840 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00006841 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
6842 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
6843 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
6844 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006845 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
6846 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
6847 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
6848 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
6849 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006850 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor21591822010-01-11 19:36:35 +00006851 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006852 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006853 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006854 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6855 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6856 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6857 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6858
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006859 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
6860 // surrogates.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006861 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006862 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00006863
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006864 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006865
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006866 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
6867 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
6868 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
6869 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
6870 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006871
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006872 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006873 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006874 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
6875 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006876 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006877
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006878 // Perform overload resolution.
6879 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006880 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006881 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006882 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
6883 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006884 break;
6885
6886 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006887 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6888 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6889 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
6890 << Object->getSourceRange();
6891 else
6892 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6893 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
6894 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006895 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006896 break;
6897
6898 case OR_Ambiguous:
6899 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6900 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006901 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006902 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006903 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006904
6905 case OR_Deleted:
6906 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6907 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
6908 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6909 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006910 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006911 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006912 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006913
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006914 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006915 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
6916 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006917 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006918 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006919 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006920 return true;
6921 }
6922
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006923 if (Best->Function == 0) {
6924 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
6925 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006926 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006927 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
6928 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
6929
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006930 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006931 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006932
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006933 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
6934 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
6935 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006936
6937 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006938 // and then call it.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006939 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Best->FoundDecl,
6940 Conv);
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006941
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006942 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006943 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006944 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).result();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006945 }
6946
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006947 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00006948 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006949
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006950 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
6951 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
6952 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
6953 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006954 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006955
6956 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
6957 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
6958
6959 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
6960 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
6961 // list).
6962 Expr **MethodArgs;
6963 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
6964 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6965 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
6966 } else {
6967 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
6968 }
6969 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
6970 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
6971 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006972
6973 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006974 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006975 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
6976
6977 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
6978 // owned.
6979 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006980 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6981 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006982 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006983 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006984 delete [] MethodArgs;
6985
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00006986 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
6987 Method))
6988 return true;
6989
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006990 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
6991 // slots in the call for them.
6992 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006993 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006994 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
6995 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6996
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006997 bool IsError = false;
6998
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006999 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00007000 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007001 Best->FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007002 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
7003
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00007004
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007005 // Check the argument types.
7006 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007007 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007008 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007009 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007010
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007011 // Pass the argument.
Anders Carlsson7c5fe482010-01-29 18:43:53 +00007012
7013 OwningExprResult InputInit
7014 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
7015 Method->getParamDecl(i)),
7016 SourceLocation(), Owned(Arg));
7017
7018 IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
7019 Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007020 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00007021 OwningExprResult DefArg
7022 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
7023 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
7024 IsError = true;
7025 break;
7026 }
7027
7028 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00007029 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007030
7031 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
7032 }
7033
7034 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
7035 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
7036 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
7037 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
7038 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00007039 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007040 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
7041 }
7042 }
7043
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00007044 if (IsError) return true;
7045
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00007046 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
7047 return true;
7048
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00007049 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).result();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00007050}
7051
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007052/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007053/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007054/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007055Sema::OwningExprResult
7056Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
7057 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007058 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007059
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007060 SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
7061
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007062 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
7063 //
7064 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
7065 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
7066 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
7067 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007068 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007069 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007070 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007071
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00007072 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00007073 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
7074 << Base->getSourceRange()))
7075 return ExprError();
7076
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00007077 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7078 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
7079 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00007080
7081 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007082 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007083 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007084 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00007085 }
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007086
7087 // Perform overload resolution.
7088 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007089 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007090 case OR_Success:
7091 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
7092 break;
7093
7094 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
7095 if (CandidateSet.empty())
7096 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007097 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007098 else
7099 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007100 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007101 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007102 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007103
7104 case OR_Ambiguous:
7105 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00007106 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007107 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007108 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00007109
7110 case OR_Deleted:
7111 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
7112 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00007113 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00007114 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007115 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007116 }
7117
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007118 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall4fa0d5f2010-05-06 18:15:07 +00007119 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, OpLoc);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00007120
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007121 // Convert the object parameter.
7122 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007123 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
7124 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007125 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00007126
7127 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00007128 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007129
7130 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00007131 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
7132 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007133 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00007134
7135 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
7136 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
7137 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
7138 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
7139
7140 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
7141 Method))
7142 return ExprError();
7143 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00007144}
7145
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007146/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
7147/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
7148/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
7149/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00007150/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00007151Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007152 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007153 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007154 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
7155 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007156 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
7157 return PE->Retain();
7158
7159 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
7160 }
7161
7162 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007163 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
7164 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00007165 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007166 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00007167 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007168 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
7169 return ICE->Retain();
7170
7171 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
7172 ICE->getCastKind(),
Anders Carlsson0c509ee2010-04-24 16:57:13 +00007173 SubExpr, CXXBaseSpecifierArray(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007174 ICE->isLvalueCast());
7175 }
7176
7177 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007178 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007179 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00007180 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
7181 if (Method->isStatic()) {
7182 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
7183 // from non-member functions.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007184 } else {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00007185 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
7186 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
7187 // or template.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007188 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
7189 Found, Fn);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007190 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
7191 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007192
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007193 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
7194 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
7195 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
7196 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
7197
7198 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
7199 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
7200 // appropriate pointer to member type.
7201 QualType ClassType
7202 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
7203 QualType MemPtrType
7204 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
7205
7206 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
7207 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00007208 }
7209 }
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007210 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
7211 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007212 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
7213 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00007214
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007215 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
7216 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
7217 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007218 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007219
7220 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007221 // FIXME: avoid copy.
7222 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00007223 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007224 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
7225 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00007226 }
7227
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007228 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
7229 ULE->getQualifier(),
7230 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
7231 Fn,
7232 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007233 Fn->getType(),
7234 TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00007235 }
7236
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00007237 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00007238 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007239 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
7240 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
7241 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
7242 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
7243 }
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00007244
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007245 Expr *Base;
7246
7247 // If we're filling in
7248 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
7249 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
7250 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
7251 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
7252 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
7253 Fn,
7254 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
7255 Fn->getType(),
7256 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00007257 } else {
7258 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
7259 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
7260 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
7261 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
7262 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
7263 /*isImplicit=*/true);
7264 }
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007265 } else
7266 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
7267
7268 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007269 MemExpr->isArrow(),
7270 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
7271 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
7272 Fn,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007273 Found,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00007274 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00007275 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007276 Fn->getType());
7277 }
7278
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00007279 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
7280 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00007281}
7282
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00007283Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00007284 DeclAccessPair Found,
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00007285 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00007286 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00007287}
7288
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00007289} // end namespace clang